year 9 knowledge organisers modules 1 and...

83
Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2

Upload: others

Post on 21-Mar-2021

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Year 9

Knowledge Organisers

Modules 1 and 2

Knowledge Organisers

At Longfield Academy we believe that a firm grounding in knowledge should be at the core of

students learning With this in mind we have created this lsquoknowledge organiserrsquo booklet to

give you an overview of what your son or daughter will be studying over the next two modules

A knowledge organiser is a set of key facts or information that pupils need to know and be

able to recall in order to master a unit or topic This will help them to develop and deepen

their learning across all of their lessons

Each subject has created one or more knowledge organisers based upon the topics that are

being studied in the first two modules Students should learn this information in their own

time so that they can recall it easily This can be done following these simple steps

Read ndash Spend 5 to 10 minutes reading through a knowledge organiser

Cover ndash Either cover over key topics or simply turn your knowledge organiser over

to ensure that the information is well hidden

Quiz ndash Ask a friend or relative to test your knowledge on what you have learnt

Repeat - Repeat the steps until you have committed the material to memory and

mastered the topic

If you are still struggling with a topic then you might want to carry out further

research and make your own knowledge organiser

Teachers will set this as homework which should be recorded in the student planners Students

will then be tested in lessons via low stakes quizzing to ensure that they have revised their

knowledge organisers You can support your child by

Encouraging them to study their knowledge organiser booklet and learn the material

set

Testing them on their ability to recall the information learnt from the knowledge

organisers

A digital copy of the knowledge organiser booklet can be found on our school website under

the lsquocurriculumrsquo tab The knowledge organiser is part of their stationary equipment and it is

expected that the knowledge organiser should be with the students at all times

Contents On the following pages are knowledge organisers for subjects in the following order

Art

Computer Science

Creative iMedia

Design Technology

Drama

English

Enterprise and Marketing

Food Preparation and Nutrition

French

Geography

History

Maths

Music

Photography

Physical Education

Religious Education

Science

Spanish

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 1

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer

CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU

Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory

RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive

MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction

MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing

PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program

Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed

ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing

Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data

Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU

Bridge (North South)

Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage

von Neumann Architecture

The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function

Fetch Decode Execute Cycle

Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out

Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)

Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs

An example of a typical PCrsquos innards

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2

Multi Core Processing

Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks

BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 2: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Knowledge Organisers

At Longfield Academy we believe that a firm grounding in knowledge should be at the core of

students learning With this in mind we have created this lsquoknowledge organiserrsquo booklet to

give you an overview of what your son or daughter will be studying over the next two modules

A knowledge organiser is a set of key facts or information that pupils need to know and be

able to recall in order to master a unit or topic This will help them to develop and deepen

their learning across all of their lessons

Each subject has created one or more knowledge organisers based upon the topics that are

being studied in the first two modules Students should learn this information in their own

time so that they can recall it easily This can be done following these simple steps

Read ndash Spend 5 to 10 minutes reading through a knowledge organiser

Cover ndash Either cover over key topics or simply turn your knowledge organiser over

to ensure that the information is well hidden

Quiz ndash Ask a friend or relative to test your knowledge on what you have learnt

Repeat - Repeat the steps until you have committed the material to memory and

mastered the topic

If you are still struggling with a topic then you might want to carry out further

research and make your own knowledge organiser

Teachers will set this as homework which should be recorded in the student planners Students

will then be tested in lessons via low stakes quizzing to ensure that they have revised their

knowledge organisers You can support your child by

Encouraging them to study their knowledge organiser booklet and learn the material

set

Testing them on their ability to recall the information learnt from the knowledge

organisers

A digital copy of the knowledge organiser booklet can be found on our school website under

the lsquocurriculumrsquo tab The knowledge organiser is part of their stationary equipment and it is

expected that the knowledge organiser should be with the students at all times

Contents On the following pages are knowledge organisers for subjects in the following order

Art

Computer Science

Creative iMedia

Design Technology

Drama

English

Enterprise and Marketing

Food Preparation and Nutrition

French

Geography

History

Maths

Music

Photography

Physical Education

Religious Education

Science

Spanish

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 1

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer

CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU

Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory

RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive

MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction

MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing

PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program

Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed

ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing

Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data

Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU

Bridge (North South)

Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage

von Neumann Architecture

The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function

Fetch Decode Execute Cycle

Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out

Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)

Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs

An example of a typical PCrsquos innards

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2

Multi Core Processing

Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks

BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 3: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Contents On the following pages are knowledge organisers for subjects in the following order

Art

Computer Science

Creative iMedia

Design Technology

Drama

English

Enterprise and Marketing

Food Preparation and Nutrition

French

Geography

History

Maths

Music

Photography

Physical Education

Religious Education

Science

Spanish

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 1

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer

CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU

Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory

RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive

MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction

MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing

PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program

Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed

ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing

Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data

Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU

Bridge (North South)

Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage

von Neumann Architecture

The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function

Fetch Decode Execute Cycle

Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out

Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)

Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs

An example of a typical PCrsquos innards

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2

Multi Core Processing

Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks

BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 4: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 1

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer

CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU

Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory

RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive

MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction

MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing

PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program

Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed

ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing

Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data

Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU

Bridge (North South)

Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage

von Neumann Architecture

The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function

Fetch Decode Execute Cycle

Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out

Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)

Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs

An example of a typical PCrsquos innards

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2

Multi Core Processing

Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks

BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 5: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer

CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU

Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory

RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive

MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction

MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing

PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program

Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed

ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing

Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data

Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU

Bridge (North South)

Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage

von Neumann Architecture

The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function

Fetch Decode Execute Cycle

Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out

Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)

Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs

An example of a typical PCrsquos innards

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2

Multi Core Processing

Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks

BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 6: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Art

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer

CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU

Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory

RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive

MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction

MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing

PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program

Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed

ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing

Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data

Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU

Bridge (North South)

Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage

von Neumann Architecture

The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function

Fetch Decode Execute Cycle

Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out

Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)

Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs

An example of a typical PCrsquos innards

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2

Multi Core Processing

Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks

BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 7: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer

CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU

Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory

RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive

MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction

MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing

PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program

Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed

ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing

Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data

Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU

Bridge (North South)

Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage

von Neumann Architecture

The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function

Fetch Decode Execute Cycle

Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out

Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)

Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs

An example of a typical PCrsquos innards

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2

Multi Core Processing

Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks

BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 8: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2

Multi Core Processing

Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks

BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 9: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 10: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4

Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)

The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two

main components

The Control Unit

The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to

the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory

is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache

memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing

capabilities

When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The

programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs

to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process

When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and

running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to

provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per

second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second

The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better

performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of

the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual

core has two CPUrsquos working together

Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)

The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to

direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs

This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast

access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive

compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit

The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition

subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)

Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other

so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It

could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an

instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 11: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5

Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit

Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)

Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the

computer (1)

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the

computer (2 marks)

The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be

loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory

being used (1)

The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2

marks)

Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes

instructions (1)

Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)

Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)

Statements TRUE FALSE

CPU stands for Central Processing Unit

The CPU fetches and decodes instructions

The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz

If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer

The hard disk drive is part of the CPU

Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a

kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)

A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824

Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)

The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent

accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains

frequently accessed data (1)

Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader

BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)

Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip

(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a

given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)

A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)

1 gigabyte

State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)

Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)

Data in current use (1)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 12: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1

KEY VOCABULARY

Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

RAM Random Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU

Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes

Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM

Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system

POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run

PRIMARY MEMORY

TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED

Cache YES YES Very Fast

RAM YES YES Fast

ROM NO NO Slow

Flash NO YES Slow

RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 13: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2

Memory - RAM and ROM

Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM

Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)

RAM is the main memory of a computer

RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use

The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance

When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM

The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow

Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off

When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start

RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge

By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing

This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile

ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence

The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer

Exam Style Questions Vocabulary

State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)

Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current

use

Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads

the operating system (1)

Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is

currently in use (1)

Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off

State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)

ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile

RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer

Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change

Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the

performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more

programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)

OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of

virtual memory (2)

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 14: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1

All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary

storage is required

KEY VOCABULARY

Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage

Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off

Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information

Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data

Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 15: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Computer Science

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2

Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)

Secondary Storage Vocabulary

Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer

Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB

Optical Disks

The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only

CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers

Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface

In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read

They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time

They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files

Flash Memory ndash Solid State

It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection

It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers

Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks

Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices

Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks

Magnetic Hard Disk

This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around

The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost

The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems

It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data

The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data

Exam Style Questions

What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use

Capacity How much data does it need to hold

Speed How quickly can data be transferred

Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another

Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged

Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing

Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)

Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR

No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)

OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device

(1) OR

Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)

State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)

Optical

Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)

Cheap to produce

Easily portable

Enough capacity

Can be read by others

It is read only and cannot be overwritten

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 16: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams

What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes

What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map

To quickly generate outline ideas

To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project

To show the development and options for ideas within any project

To show the connections and links between different parts of the project

What is the content of a mind map Keywords

Node Sub-node Branch

Central node with the main theme

Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts

Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc

Images can also be used on sub-nodes

A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea

A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to

A line that joins the node to the sub-node

Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map

Main

theme

Node

Node

Node

Node

Sub-

Node

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 17: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards

What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board

This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it

This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content

To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed

To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches

For any creative media project as a starting point

To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content

As a constant reminder of possible styles

NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board

Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters

Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product

Text keywords fonts and styles

Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips

Examples of how a Mood Board should look

Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 18: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts

What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people

involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script

To identify the location where the action takes place

To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators

To provide stage directions for actors and production crew

To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters

Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game

characters

What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords

Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)

Scene descriptions

Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene

Camera shot types (close up mid long)

Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)

Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)

Names of actors characters

Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken

Narrator Dialogue Voiceover

A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product

The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc

The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles

The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow

Examples of how a Script should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 19: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams

What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a

magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram

To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner

To show how a finished item might look

To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page

What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords

Annotations Static Image

Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position

Colours and colour schemes

Position and style of text

Fonts to be used

Annotations

Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents

An image that does not move

Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 20: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production

What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising

The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)

Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically

Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents

The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example

A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg

Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers

Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner

Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)

There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes

Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg

o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard

Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood

board

Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg

o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board

Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for

online applications such as mind maps

Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade

There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include

Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map

Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard

Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created

Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 21: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations

What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like

A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography

The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations

Location and how to get there

Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable

Lighting

Health and safety issues

Availability of power eg electricity

Environmental considerations eg background noise people

Any other potential issues that may arise

Location Recce Completed by Date

Location Used for Potential issues

Actions required

What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity

Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to

Identify the hazards and dangers

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include

Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display

Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight

Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes

Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach

The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for

Filming using a video camera

Photography using digital still cameras

This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following

Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to

Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain

Why do we need to complete one

Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date

Working with heavy equipment

Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 22: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements

Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client

using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style

The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for

This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document

Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable

Interpreting client requirements

Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose

Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements

To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale

A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how

To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved

Statement of what media product is needed

The purpose of that media product

Who will the target audience be

An indication of the content for the media product

Timescales for when the product will be needed

Constraints and restrictions

Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style

It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief

Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 23: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production

What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation

How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted

What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must

The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced

Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection

Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet

Contact the owner

Ask for permission to use it

Be prepared to pay a fee

What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship

This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources

This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted

This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience

This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work

Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection

The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes

GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent

Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings

Violence

Strong language

Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product

BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film

PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games

Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles

The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data

Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law

Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation

Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely

Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time

Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 24: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules

What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished

What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan

To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed

To map out against time all the different aspects of the project

Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project

Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task

Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take

Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete

Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete

Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by

Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities

Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things

Any media product for example

Comic book

Interactive multimedia product eg a website

Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast

Video eg film trailer

Digital animation

Photographic shoot

Computer game

EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product

Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times

The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways

Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+

Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender

Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival

Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 25: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Creative iMedia

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research

When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources

The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources

Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information

Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources

Examples of primary and secondary sources

Primary Secondary

Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience

Autobiography

Original works

First-hand account

Diary

Interview

Video footage

Photo

Relics

Official records

Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users

Biography

Commentaries

Second-hand account

History textbook

Magazine article

Encyclopaedias

Report

Other peoplersquos products

News broadcasts

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 26: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 27: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 28: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3

Design Technology

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B

Drama

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1

Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success

World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia

Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason

Themes in the play

Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice

Key Words

FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE

World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA

English

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2

Context

(complete at least 3 of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about World War One

Watch the film My Boy Jack

Watch the film War Horse

Watch the film Testament of Youth

Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo

Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One

Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One

The Plot of Journeyrsquos End

Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below

Act 1

Act 2

Act 3

The Characters in Journeyrsquos End

- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below

Stanhope

Raleigh

Osborne

Hibbert

Mason

Trotter

War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)

Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen

Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain

Themes and Sherriffrsquos message

Answer these questions

1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One

2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class

system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about

comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the

trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice

in World War One

Enterprise and Marketing

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn

Batonnet bah-tow-NAY

Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz

Turning

Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs

Paring Knife

Fruits vegetables

Boning Knife

Removing bones from meat and poultry

Filleting Knife

Filleting fish

Carving Knife

Carving meat

Bread Knife

Slicing bread

Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 Knowledge Organiser

Module 1 meat fish and poultry

There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-

The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason

Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced

Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk

Bridge Hold

To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board

Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board

Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards

Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board

Boning A Chicken

Remove the legs by cutting down through

the skin in-between the joint Turn the

chicken over and break the leg- pop it out

of the joint

Find the knuckle and cut through the leg

this separates the thigh and drumstick

Cur through the joint to remove the wing

Cut a V shape on either side of the wish

bone to release it cut through the knuckle

at the base

Remove the breast from the carcass

Classification of

Meat

4 main meat

sources ndash

Animals ndash pork

beef lamb

Poultry ndash chicken

turkey duck

goose

Game ndash feathered

or furred

Offal ndash tongue

tripe kidney

heart brain

trotters

Food Preparation and Nutrition

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition

Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess

Fat 9 Kcal per gram

Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated

Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed

Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K

Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat

Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease

Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram

Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)

Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits

Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels

Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel

Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)

Proteins 4 Kcal per gram

HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together

Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast

Secondary energy source growth and repair

Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system

Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them

Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency

Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit

bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant

Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies

Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals

Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth

bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults

Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads

bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare

Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth

Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour

Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia

Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy

Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies

Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver

bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant

Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal

Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash

macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1

French English

aimable kind

aicircneacute elder

amour lrsquo (m) love

srsquoappeler to be called

avoirans to beyears old

barbe la beard

bavard chattytalkative

beaubellebel beautiful

beau-pegravere le step-father

belle-megravere la step-mother

becircte stupid silly

boucleacute curly

ceacutelibataire Single

cheveux les (m) hair

copain lecopine la friend mate

court short

demi-fregravere le half-brother

demi-sœur la half-sister

se disputer to argue

dire to say tell

eacutegoiumlste selfish

ensemble together

srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)

facirccheacute angry

se faire des amis to make friends

femme la wifewoman

fille la daughtergirl

fils le son

friseacute curly

geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous

gentilgentille kind nice

grand-megravere la grandmother

grand-pegravere le grandfather

grands-parents les (m) grandparents

grosgrosse fat

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2

French English

heureuxheureuse happy

injuste unfair

jeune young

joli pretty

laid ugly

longlongue long

lunettes les (f) glasses

mari le husband

se marier to get married marry

meacutechant naughty

mi-long medium length

mort dead

naissance la birth

neacute(e) le born on the

nom le name

paresseuxparesseuse lazy

partager to share

partenaire lela partner

peacutenible annoying

petit ami le boyfriend

petite amie la girlfriend

petite-fille la granddaughter

petit-fils le grandson

preacutenom le first name

raide straight

rapports les (m) relationships

sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour

seacutepareacute separated

sortir to go out

sportifsportive sporty

sympa kind nice

de taille moyenne medium height

tante la aunt

timide shy

tranquille quiet calm

French

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3

French English

travailleurtravailleuse hard-working

triste sad

unique only

vieuxvieilvieille old

yeux les (m) eyes

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1

French English

aider to help

animeacute lively

arbre lrsquo (m) tree

armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe

bacirctiment le building

besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)

bibliothegraveque la library

boucherie la butcherrsquos shop

baskets les (f) trainers

boulangerie la bakery

bijou le jewel jewellery

bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop

blouson le coatjacket

bon marcheacute cheap

bruit le noise

bureau le office study

bruyant noisy

caisse la till

calme quiet

campagne la countryside

carte bancaire la bank card

cave la cellar

ceinture la belt

ceacutelegravebre famous

centre commercial le shopping centre

champ le field

chapeau le hat

charcuterie la delicatessen

chaussette la sock

chaussure la shoe

chemise la shirt

choix le choice

chose la thing

circulation la traffic

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2

French English

commerces les (m) shops

colline la hill

commissariat le police station

cravate la tie

cuisine la kitchencooking

deacutemeacutenager to move house

deacutemodeacute old-fashioned

deacutepenser to spend (money)

devoir to have to

eacuteconomiser to save

escalier lrsquo (m) staircase

essayer to try on

eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey

fenecirctre la window

ferme la farm

fleur la flower

gare la railway station

gare routiegravere la bus station

gens les (m) people

gilet le waistcoat

grand magasin le department store

gratuit free (of charge)

habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant

hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall

immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats

jardinage le gardening

jupe la skirt

laver to wash

librairie la bookshop

livrer to deliver

maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)

mairie la town hall

manteau le overcoat

marcheacute le market

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3

French English

meubles les (m) furniture

mode la fashion

(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)

mur le wall

museacutee le museum

nettoyer to clean

pantalon le trousers

parc le park

parfum le perfume

pacirctisserie la cake shop

pauvre poor

perdre to lose

piegravece la room

place la square

portefeuille le wallet

porte-monnaie le purse

poser to put down

poste la post office

pouvoir to be able

prix le price

propre clean tidy

pull le jumper

quartier le quarter area

quitter to leave

ranger to tidy

reacuteduire to reduce

reacuteduit reduced

rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor

risque le risk

robe la dress

sale dirty

salle agrave manger la dining room

salle de bains la bathroom

salon le living room lounge

French

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser

Local national international and global areas of interest

Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4

French English

seacutecuriteacute la safety

soldes les (m) sale

sous-sol le basement

station-service la service station

tabac le newsagentrsquos

transport en commun le public transport

travailler to work

se trouver to be situated

usine lrsquo (f) factory

vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant

vendre to sell

veste la jacket

vecirctements les (m) clothes

vie la life

ville la town

vitrine la shop window

vivre to live

voisin le neighbour

zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Geography

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1

History

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Decimal System A number system using a base of ten

Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We

have 10 digits to represent all numbers

Digit

The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are

used on their own or put together to make

numbers

Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position

in the number

Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1

Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole

number 1 2 3 hellip

Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to

estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)

Decimal Places (dp)

The number of digits after the decimal point A

number can be rounded to a given number of

decimal places

552631 = 55263 (2dp)

Significant Figures (sf)

Describe the relative importance of digits in a

number A number can be rounded to a given

number of significant figures

First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero

Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add

up to the original number

127 = 100 + 20 + 7

152 = 80 + 40 + 32

51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07

Compensation

One number is rounded to simplify a calculation

then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the

original change

142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103

158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2

Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14

x2 = 5 + 4x

Formula

Formulae

Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between

two or more letters

C = πD (Circumference of a circle)

A = πr2 (Area of a circle)

Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked

with addition or subtraction signs

In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9

4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms

Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the

value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22

Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter

3x + 4 = 16

The unknown value of x can be found by solving

the equation

Index

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows how many

times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is

indices

Power or index

53 = 5 x 5 x 5

Base

Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in

index notation

32 x 35 = 37

56 divide 52 = 54

(23)4 = 212

am x an = am+n

am divide an = am-n

(am)n = amn

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that

letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient

Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be

evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3

Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18

Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an

expression easier to use

2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y

= 12x + 6 -3x +2y

= 9x + 2y + 6

Highest Common

Factor

The largest expression that divides exactly into two or

more expressions

HCF of 15 and 35 is 5

HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x

Foundation Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o

Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo

Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o

Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o

Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape

which can be back to front

Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape

The F shape can be upside down or back to front

Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape

The C shape can be back to front

Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

East is 090o

South- West is 225o

Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)

Octagon (8)

Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene

Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths

share the same scale factor

Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar

shapes

Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon

Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the

next side extended

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1

Language Meaning Example

Place value The value of a digit according to its position in

a number

1234 2 means 2 tens = 20

4 means 4 tenths = 120786

120783120782

Rounding Making a number easier to work with by

giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)

= 100 (1 sf)

00055 = 00 (1dp)

= 0006 (1 sf)

Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point

Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero

digit

Directed Number A positive or negative number

Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785

Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of

a quantity

Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782

Exact = 1453579

Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller

numbers which add up to the original number

120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)

= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788

= 120783120783120782 120788

Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate

value and a correction

120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =

(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783

= 120783120785120791 120783

Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division

Order of operations

The order in which operations have to be

carried out to give the correct answer to a

calculation

120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785

(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789

(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784

120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS

An acronym for the correct order of

operations Brackets Indices (or powers)

Division or Multiplication Addition or

Subtraction

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2

Language Meaning Example

Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers

and operations

120787119961 minus 120784

Terms are 120787119961 and 120784

Variable is 119961

Coefficient of 119961 is 120788

Term

One of the component parts in an expression

Terms are linked with addition or subtraction

signs

Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter

Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how

many of that letter are required

Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790

Like terms

Terms that contain exactly the same

combination of variables It is usual to collect

like terms

120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961

120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms

IndexIndices

Base

Power

In index notation the index or power shows

how many times the base has to be multiplied

by itself

The plural of index is indices

120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787

Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers

written in index notation

119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951

119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951

(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951

120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789

120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786

(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784

Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms

120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)

= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782

= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782

Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by

taking out the highest common factor

120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962

= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961

= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)

Higher Maths

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3

Language Meaning Example

Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg

Right angle Right angle = 90deg

Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg

Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg

Alternate and

Corresponding angles

When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines

alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the

crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel

lines

Corresponding angles lie on the same side of

the crossing line and the same side of the

parallel lines

Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle

measured clockwise from north

North-east is 045deg

North-west is 315deg

Congruent Exactly the same shape and size

Similar The same shape but different size

Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two

similar shapes

Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon

Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite

Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside

a polygon

Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and

the next side extended

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1

Music

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down

Physical Education

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words

Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion

Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful

Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God

Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience

Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified

Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God

Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son

and Holy Spirit

Key Ideas

Nature of God

- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people

The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed

Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334

Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114

Resurrection and Ascension

Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday

Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven

A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life

Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven

Religious Education

Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words

Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering

Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it

Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way

Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury

Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others

Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha

Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else

Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings

Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment

Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara

Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome

Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth

Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment

Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence

Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality

Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened

Key Ideas

Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury

The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were

1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems

Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha

Three Marks of Existence

The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul

Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it

Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it

Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us

Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path

The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)

Types of Buddhism

Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia

Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self

Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)

Bodhisattva + Arhat

Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment

Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Science

Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1

Spanish

Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2

Page 29: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 30: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 31: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 32: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 33: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 34: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 35: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 36: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 37: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 38: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 39: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 40: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 41: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 42: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 43: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 44: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 45: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 46: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 47: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 48: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 49: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 50: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 51: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 52: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 53: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 54: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 55: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 56: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 57: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 58: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 59: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 60: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 61: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 62: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 63: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 64: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 65: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 66: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 67: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 68: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 69: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 70: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 71: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 72: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 73: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 74: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 75: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 76: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 77: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 78: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 79: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 80: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 81: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 82: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser
Page 83: Year 9 Knowledge Organisers Modules 1 and 2longfieldacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/Y9-KO... · 2020. 9. 6. · Computer Science Year 9 – Module 1 – Knowledge Organiser